1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation 10 * 11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as 13 * published by the Free Software Foundation. 14 */ 15 16 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 17 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 18 #include <linux/list.h> 19 #include <linux/bug.h> 20 #include <linux/netlink.h> 21 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 22 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 23 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 25 #include <linux/net.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * 102 */ 103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 106 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 117 }; 118 119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 121 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 124 125 /** 126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 127 * 128 * This structure describes a single channel for use 129 * with cfg80211. 130 * 131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 hw_value; 154 u32 flags; 155 int max_antenna_gain; 156 int max_power; 157 int max_reg_power; 158 bool beacon_found; 159 u32 orig_flags; 160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 164 }; 165 166 /** 167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 168 * 169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 171 * different bands/PHY modes. 172 * 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 175 * with CCK rates. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 184 * core code when registering the wiphy. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 188 */ 189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 197 }; 198 199 /** 200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 201 * 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 218 * 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 222 */ 223 enum ieee80211_privacy { 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 227 }; 228 229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 231 232 /** 233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 234 * 235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 238 * passed around. 239 * 240 * @flags: rate-specific flags 241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 244 * short preamble is used 245 */ 246 struct ieee80211_rate { 247 u32 flags; 248 u16 bitrate; 249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 250 }; 251 252 /** 253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 254 * 255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 257 * 258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 263 */ 264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 266 bool ht_supported; 267 u8 ampdu_factor; 268 u8 ampdu_density; 269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 270 }; 271 272 /** 273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 274 * 275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 277 * 278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 281 */ 282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 283 bool vht_supported; 284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 286 }; 287 288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 295 * 296 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 297 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 298 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 299 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 300 */ 301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 302 bool has_he; 303 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 304 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 305 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 306 }; 307 308 /** 309 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 310 * 311 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 312 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 313 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 314 * 315 * @types_mask: interface types mask 316 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 317 */ 318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 319 u16 types_mask; 320 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 325 * 326 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 327 * is able to operate in. 328 * 329 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 330 * in this band. 331 * @band: the band this structure represents 332 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 333 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 334 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 335 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 336 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 337 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 338 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 339 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 340 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 341 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 342 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 343 * iftype_data). 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 346 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 347 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 348 enum nl80211_band band; 349 int n_channels; 350 int n_bitrates; 351 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 352 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 353 u16 n_iftype_data; 354 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 355 }; 356 357 /** 358 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 359 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 360 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 361 * 362 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 363 */ 364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 366 u8 iftype) 367 { 368 int i; 369 370 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 371 return NULL; 372 373 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 374 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 375 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 376 377 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 378 return data; 379 } 380 381 return NULL; 382 } 383 384 /** 385 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 386 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 387 * 388 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 389 */ 390 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 391 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 392 { 393 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 394 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 395 396 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 397 return &data->he_cap; 398 399 return NULL; 400 } 401 402 /** 403 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 404 * 405 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 406 * 407 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 408 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 409 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 410 * 411 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 412 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 413 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 414 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 415 * without affecting other devices. 416 * 417 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 418 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 419 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 420 */ 421 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 422 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 423 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 424 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 425 { 426 } 427 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 428 429 430 /* 431 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 432 */ 433 434 /** 435 * DOC: Actions and configuration 436 * 437 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 438 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 439 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 440 * operations use are described separately. 441 * 442 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 443 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 444 * 445 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 446 * in a separate chapter. 447 */ 448 449 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 450 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 451 452 /** 453 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 454 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 455 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 456 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 457 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 458 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 459 * determine the address as needed. 460 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 461 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 462 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 463 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 464 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 465 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 466 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 467 */ 468 struct vif_params { 469 u32 flags; 470 int use_4addr; 471 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 472 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 473 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct key_params - key information 478 * 479 * Information about a key 480 * 481 * @key: key material 482 * @key_len: length of key material 483 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 484 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 485 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 486 * length given by @seq_len. 487 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 488 */ 489 struct key_params { 490 const u8 *key; 491 const u8 *seq; 492 int key_len; 493 int seq_len; 494 u32 cipher; 495 }; 496 497 /** 498 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 499 * @chan: the (control) channel 500 * @width: channel width 501 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 502 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 503 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 504 */ 505 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 506 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 507 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 508 u32 center_freq1; 509 u32 center_freq2; 510 }; 511 512 /** 513 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 514 * @chandef: the channel definition 515 * 516 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 517 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 518 */ 519 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 520 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 521 { 522 switch (chandef->width) { 523 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 524 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 525 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 526 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 527 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 528 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 529 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 530 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 531 default: 532 WARN_ON(1); 533 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 534 } 535 } 536 537 /** 538 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 539 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 540 * @channel: the control channel 541 * @chantype: the channel type 542 * 543 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 544 */ 545 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 546 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 547 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 548 549 /** 550 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 551 * @chandef1: first channel definition 552 * @chandef2: second channel definition 553 * 554 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 555 * identical, %false otherwise. 556 */ 557 static inline bool 558 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 559 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 560 { 561 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 562 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 563 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 564 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 565 } 566 567 /** 568 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 569 * @chandef1: first channel definition 570 * @chandef2: second channel definition 571 * 572 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 573 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 574 */ 575 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 576 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 577 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 578 579 /** 580 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 581 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 582 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 583 */ 584 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 585 586 /** 587 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 588 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 589 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 590 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 591 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 592 */ 593 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 594 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 595 u32 prohibited_flags); 596 597 /** 598 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 599 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 600 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 601 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 602 * Returns: 603 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 604 */ 605 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 606 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 607 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 608 609 /** 610 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 611 * 612 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 613 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 614 * 615 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 616 * 617 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 618 */ 619 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 620 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 621 { 622 switch (chandef->width) { 623 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 624 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 625 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 626 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 627 default: 628 break; 629 } 630 return 0; 631 } 632 633 /** 634 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 635 * 636 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 637 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 638 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 639 * 640 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 641 * 642 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 643 */ 644 static inline int 645 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 646 { 647 switch (chandef->width) { 648 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 649 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 650 chandef->chan->max_power); 651 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 652 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 653 chandef->chan->max_power); 654 default: 655 break; 656 } 657 return chandef->chan->max_power; 658 } 659 660 /** 661 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 662 * 663 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 664 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 665 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 666 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 667 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 668 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 669 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 670 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 671 * 672 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 673 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 674 */ 675 enum survey_info_flags { 676 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 677 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 678 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 679 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 680 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 681 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 682 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 683 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 684 }; 685 686 /** 687 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 688 * 689 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 690 * record to report global statistics 691 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 692 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 693 * optional 694 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 695 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 696 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 697 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 698 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 699 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 700 * 701 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 702 * 703 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 704 * channel duty cycle etc. 705 */ 706 struct survey_info { 707 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 708 u64 time; 709 u64 time_busy; 710 u64 time_ext_busy; 711 u64 time_rx; 712 u64 time_tx; 713 u64 time_scan; 714 u32 filled; 715 s8 noise; 716 }; 717 718 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 719 720 /** 721 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 722 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 723 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 724 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 725 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 726 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 727 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 728 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 729 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 730 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 731 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 732 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 733 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 734 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 735 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 736 * protocol frames. 737 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 738 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 739 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 740 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 741 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 742 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 743 */ 744 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 745 u32 wpa_versions; 746 u32 cipher_group; 747 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 748 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 749 int n_akm_suites; 750 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 751 bool control_port; 752 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 753 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 754 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 755 struct key_params *wep_keys; 756 int wep_tx_key; 757 const u8 *psk; 758 }; 759 760 /** 761 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 762 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 763 * or %NULL if not changed 764 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 765 * or %NULL if not changed 766 * @head_len: length of @head 767 * @tail_len: length of @tail 768 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 769 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 770 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 771 * frames or %NULL 772 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 773 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 774 * Response frames or %NULL 775 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 776 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 777 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 778 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 779 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 780 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 781 * (measurement type 8) 782 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 783 * Token (measurement type 11) 784 * @lci_len: LCI data length 785 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 786 */ 787 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 788 const u8 *head, *tail; 789 const u8 *beacon_ies; 790 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 791 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 792 const u8 *probe_resp; 793 const u8 *lci; 794 const u8 *civicloc; 795 s8 ftm_responder; 796 797 size_t head_len, tail_len; 798 size_t beacon_ies_len; 799 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 800 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 801 size_t probe_resp_len; 802 size_t lci_len; 803 size_t civicloc_len; 804 }; 805 806 struct mac_address { 807 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 808 }; 809 810 /** 811 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 812 * 813 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 814 * entry specified by mac_addr 815 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 816 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 817 */ 818 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 819 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 820 int n_acl_entries; 821 822 /* Keep it last */ 823 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 824 }; 825 826 /* 827 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 828 */ 829 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 830 struct { 831 u32 legacy; 832 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 833 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 834 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 835 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 836 }; 837 838 /** 839 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 840 * 841 * Used to configure an AP interface. 842 * 843 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 844 * @beacon: beacon data 845 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 846 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 847 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 848 * user space) 849 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 850 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 851 * @crypto: crypto settings 852 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 853 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 854 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 855 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 856 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 857 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 858 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 859 * MAC address based access control 860 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 861 * networks. 862 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 863 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 864 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 865 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 866 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 867 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 868 */ 869 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 870 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 871 872 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 873 874 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 875 const u8 *ssid; 876 size_t ssid_len; 877 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 878 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 879 bool privacy; 880 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 881 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 882 int inactivity_timeout; 883 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 884 bool p2p_opp_ps; 885 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 886 bool pbss; 887 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 888 889 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 890 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 891 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 892 bool ht_required, vht_required; 893 }; 894 895 /** 896 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 897 * 898 * Used for channel switch 899 * 900 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 901 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 902 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 903 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 904 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 905 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 906 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 907 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 908 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 909 * @count: number of beacons until switch 910 */ 911 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 912 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 913 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 914 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 915 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 916 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 917 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 918 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 919 bool radar_required; 920 bool block_tx; 921 u8 count; 922 }; 923 924 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 925 926 /** 927 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 928 * 929 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 930 * 931 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 932 * to use for verification 933 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 934 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 935 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 936 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 937 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 938 * nl80211_iftype. 939 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 940 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 941 * the verification 942 */ 943 struct iface_combination_params { 944 int num_different_channels; 945 u8 radar_detect; 946 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 947 u32 new_beacon_int; 948 }; 949 950 /** 951 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 952 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 953 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 954 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 955 * 956 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 957 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 958 */ 959 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 960 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 961 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 962 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 963 }; 964 965 /** 966 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 967 * 968 * Used to change and create a new station. 969 * 970 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 971 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 972 * (or NULL for no change) 973 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 974 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 975 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 976 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 977 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 978 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 979 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 980 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 981 * @plink_action: plink action to take 982 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 983 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 984 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 985 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 986 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 987 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 988 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 989 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 990 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 991 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 992 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 993 * to unknown) 994 * @capability: station capability 995 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 996 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 997 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 998 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 999 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1000 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1001 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1002 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1003 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1004 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1005 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1006 */ 1007 struct station_parameters { 1008 const u8 *supported_rates; 1009 struct net_device *vlan; 1010 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1011 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1012 int listen_interval; 1013 u16 aid; 1014 u16 peer_aid; 1015 u8 supported_rates_len; 1016 u8 plink_action; 1017 u8 plink_state; 1018 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1019 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1020 u8 uapsd_queues; 1021 u8 max_sp; 1022 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1023 u16 capability; 1024 const u8 *ext_capab; 1025 u8 ext_capab_len; 1026 const u8 *supported_channels; 1027 u8 supported_channels_len; 1028 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1029 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1030 u8 opmode_notif; 1031 bool opmode_notif_used; 1032 int support_p2p_ps; 1033 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1034 u8 he_capa_len; 1035 }; 1036 1037 /** 1038 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1039 * 1040 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1041 * 1042 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1043 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1044 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1045 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1046 */ 1047 struct station_del_parameters { 1048 const u8 *mac; 1049 u8 subtype; 1050 u16 reason_code; 1051 }; 1052 1053 /** 1054 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1055 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1056 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1057 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1058 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1059 * the AP MLME in the device 1060 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1061 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1062 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1063 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1064 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1065 * supported/used) 1066 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1067 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1068 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1069 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1070 */ 1071 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1072 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1073 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1074 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1075 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1076 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1077 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1078 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1079 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1080 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1081 }; 1082 1083 /** 1084 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1085 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1086 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1087 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1088 * 1089 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1090 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1091 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1092 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1093 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1094 */ 1095 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1096 struct station_parameters *params, 1097 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1098 1099 /** 1100 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1101 * 1102 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1103 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1104 * 1105 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1106 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1107 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1108 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1109 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1110 */ 1111 enum rate_info_flags { 1112 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1113 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1114 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1115 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1116 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1117 }; 1118 1119 /** 1120 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1121 * 1122 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1123 * 1124 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1125 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1126 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1127 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1128 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1129 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1130 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1131 */ 1132 enum rate_info_bw { 1133 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1134 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1135 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1136 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1137 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1138 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1139 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1140 }; 1141 1142 /** 1143 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1144 * 1145 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1146 * 1147 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1148 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1149 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1150 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1151 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1152 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1153 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1154 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1155 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1156 */ 1157 struct rate_info { 1158 u8 flags; 1159 u8 mcs; 1160 u16 legacy; 1161 u8 nss; 1162 u8 bw; 1163 u8 he_gi; 1164 u8 he_dcm; 1165 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1166 }; 1167 1168 /** 1169 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1170 * 1171 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1172 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1173 * 1174 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1175 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1176 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1177 */ 1178 enum bss_param_flags { 1179 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1180 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1181 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1182 }; 1183 1184 /** 1185 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1186 * 1187 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1188 * 1189 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1190 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1191 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1192 */ 1193 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1194 u8 flags; 1195 u8 dtim_period; 1196 u16 beacon_interval; 1197 }; 1198 1199 /** 1200 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1201 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1202 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1203 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1204 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1205 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1206 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1207 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1208 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1209 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1210 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1211 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1212 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1213 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1214 */ 1215 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1216 u32 filled; 1217 u32 backlog_bytes; 1218 u32 backlog_packets; 1219 u32 flows; 1220 u32 drops; 1221 u32 ecn_marks; 1222 u32 overlimit; 1223 u32 overmemory; 1224 u32 collisions; 1225 u32 tx_bytes; 1226 u32 tx_packets; 1227 u32 max_flows; 1228 }; 1229 1230 /** 1231 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1232 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1233 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1234 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1235 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1236 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1237 * transmitted MSDUs 1238 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1239 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1240 */ 1241 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1242 u32 filled; 1243 u64 rx_msdu; 1244 u64 tx_msdu; 1245 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1246 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1247 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1248 }; 1249 1250 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1251 1252 /** 1253 * struct station_info - station information 1254 * 1255 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1256 * 1257 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1258 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1259 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1260 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1261 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1262 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1263 * @llid: mesh local link id 1264 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1265 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1266 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1267 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1268 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1269 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1270 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1271 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1272 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1273 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1274 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1275 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1276 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1277 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1278 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1279 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1280 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1281 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1282 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1283 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1284 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1285 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1286 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1287 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1288 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1289 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1290 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1291 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1292 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1293 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1294 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1295 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1296 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1297 * towards this station. 1298 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1299 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1300 * from this peer 1301 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1302 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1303 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1304 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1305 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1306 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1307 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1308 * been sent. 1309 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1310 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1311 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1312 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1313 */ 1314 struct station_info { 1315 u64 filled; 1316 u32 connected_time; 1317 u32 inactive_time; 1318 u64 rx_bytes; 1319 u64 tx_bytes; 1320 u16 llid; 1321 u16 plid; 1322 u8 plink_state; 1323 s8 signal; 1324 s8 signal_avg; 1325 1326 u8 chains; 1327 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1328 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1329 1330 struct rate_info txrate; 1331 struct rate_info rxrate; 1332 u32 rx_packets; 1333 u32 tx_packets; 1334 u32 tx_retries; 1335 u32 tx_failed; 1336 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1337 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1338 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1339 1340 int generation; 1341 1342 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1343 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1344 1345 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1346 s64 t_offset; 1347 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1348 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1349 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1350 1351 u32 expected_throughput; 1352 1353 u64 rx_beacon; 1354 u64 rx_duration; 1355 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1356 u8 connected_to_gate; 1357 1358 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1359 s8 ack_signal; 1360 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1361 1362 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1363 u32 fcs_err_count; 1364 }; 1365 1366 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1367 /** 1368 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1369 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1370 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1371 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1372 * 1373 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1374 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1375 * considered undefined. 1376 */ 1377 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1378 struct station_info *sinfo); 1379 #else 1380 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1381 const u8 *mac_addr, 1382 struct station_info *sinfo) 1383 { 1384 return -ENOENT; 1385 } 1386 #endif 1387 1388 /** 1389 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1390 * 1391 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1392 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1393 * 1394 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1395 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1396 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1397 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1398 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1399 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1400 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1401 */ 1402 enum monitor_flags { 1403 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1404 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1405 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1406 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1407 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1408 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1409 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1410 }; 1411 1412 /** 1413 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1414 * 1415 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1416 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1417 * 1418 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1419 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1420 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1421 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1422 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1423 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1424 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1425 */ 1426 enum mpath_info_flags { 1427 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1428 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1429 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1430 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1431 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1432 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1433 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1434 }; 1435 1436 /** 1437 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1438 * 1439 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1440 * 1441 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1442 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1443 * @sn: target sequence number 1444 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1445 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1446 * @flags: mesh path flags 1447 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1448 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1449 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1450 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1451 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1452 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1453 */ 1454 struct mpath_info { 1455 u32 filled; 1456 u32 frame_qlen; 1457 u32 sn; 1458 u32 metric; 1459 u32 exptime; 1460 u32 discovery_timeout; 1461 u8 discovery_retries; 1462 u8 flags; 1463 1464 int generation; 1465 }; 1466 1467 /** 1468 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1469 * 1470 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1471 * 1472 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1473 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1474 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1475 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1476 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1477 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1478 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1479 * (or NULL for no change) 1480 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1481 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1482 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1483 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1484 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1485 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1486 */ 1487 struct bss_parameters { 1488 int use_cts_prot; 1489 int use_short_preamble; 1490 int use_short_slot_time; 1491 const u8 *basic_rates; 1492 u8 basic_rates_len; 1493 int ap_isolate; 1494 int ht_opmode; 1495 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1496 }; 1497 1498 /** 1499 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1500 * 1501 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1502 * 1503 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1504 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1505 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1506 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1507 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1508 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1509 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1510 * mesh interface 1511 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1512 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1513 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1514 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1515 * elements 1516 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1517 * detect compatible mesh peers 1518 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1519 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1520 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1521 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1522 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1523 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1524 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1525 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1526 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1527 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1528 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1529 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1530 * element 1531 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1532 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1533 * element 1534 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1535 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1536 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1537 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1538 * announcements are transmitted 1539 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1540 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1541 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1542 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1543 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1544 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1545 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1546 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1547 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1548 * station to establish a peer link 1549 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1550 * 1551 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1552 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1553 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1554 * 1555 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1556 * PREQs are transmitted. 1557 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1558 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1559 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1560 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1561 * setting for new peer links. 1562 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1563 * after transmitting its beacon. 1564 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1565 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1566 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1567 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1568 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1569 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1570 * in the mesh path table 1571 */ 1572 struct mesh_config { 1573 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1574 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1575 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1576 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1577 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1578 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1579 u8 element_ttl; 1580 bool auto_open_plinks; 1581 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1582 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1583 u32 path_refresh_time; 1584 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1585 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1586 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1587 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1588 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1589 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1590 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1591 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1592 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1593 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1594 s32 rssi_threshold; 1595 u16 ht_opmode; 1596 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1597 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1598 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1599 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1600 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1601 u32 plink_timeout; 1602 }; 1603 1604 /** 1605 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1606 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1607 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1608 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1609 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1610 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1611 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1612 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1613 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1614 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1615 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1616 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1617 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1618 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1619 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1620 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1621 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1622 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1623 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1624 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1625 * to operate on DFS channels. 1626 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1627 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1628 * 1629 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1630 */ 1631 struct mesh_setup { 1632 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1633 const u8 *mesh_id; 1634 u8 mesh_id_len; 1635 u8 sync_method; 1636 u8 path_sel_proto; 1637 u8 path_metric; 1638 u8 auth_id; 1639 const u8 *ie; 1640 u8 ie_len; 1641 bool is_authenticated; 1642 bool is_secure; 1643 bool user_mpm; 1644 u8 dtim_period; 1645 u16 beacon_interval; 1646 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1647 u32 basic_rates; 1648 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1649 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1650 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1651 }; 1652 1653 /** 1654 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1655 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1656 * 1657 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1658 */ 1659 struct ocb_setup { 1660 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1661 }; 1662 1663 /** 1664 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1665 * @ac: AC identifier 1666 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1667 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1668 * 1..32767] 1669 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1670 * 1..32767] 1671 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1672 */ 1673 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1674 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1675 u16 txop; 1676 u16 cwmin; 1677 u16 cwmax; 1678 u8 aifs; 1679 }; 1680 1681 /** 1682 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1683 * 1684 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1685 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1686 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1687 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1688 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1689 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1690 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1691 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1692 * in the wiphy structure. 1693 * 1694 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1695 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1696 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1697 * 1698 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1699 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1700 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1701 * to userspace. 1702 */ 1703 1704 /** 1705 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1706 * @ssid: the SSID 1707 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1708 */ 1709 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1710 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1711 u8 ssid_len; 1712 }; 1713 1714 /** 1715 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1716 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1717 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1718 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1719 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1720 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1721 * userspace will be notified of that 1722 */ 1723 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1724 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1725 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1726 bool aborted; 1727 }; 1728 1729 /** 1730 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1731 * 1732 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1733 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1734 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1735 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1736 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1737 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1738 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1739 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1740 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1741 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1742 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1743 * %duration field. 1744 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1745 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1746 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1747 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1748 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1749 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1750 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1751 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1752 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1753 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1754 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1755 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1756 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1757 */ 1758 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1759 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1760 int n_ssids; 1761 u32 n_channels; 1762 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1763 const u8 *ie; 1764 size_t ie_len; 1765 u16 duration; 1766 bool duration_mandatory; 1767 u32 flags; 1768 1769 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1770 1771 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1772 1773 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1774 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1775 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1776 1777 /* internal */ 1778 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1779 unsigned long scan_start; 1780 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1781 bool notified; 1782 bool no_cck; 1783 1784 /* keep last */ 1785 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1786 }; 1787 1788 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1789 { 1790 int i; 1791 1792 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1793 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1794 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1795 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1796 } 1797 } 1798 1799 /** 1800 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1801 * 1802 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1803 * or no match (RSSI only) 1804 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1805 * or no match (RSSI only) 1806 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1807 */ 1808 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1809 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1810 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1811 s32 rssi_thold; 1812 }; 1813 1814 /** 1815 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1816 * 1817 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1818 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1819 * infinite loop. 1820 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1821 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1822 */ 1823 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1824 u32 interval; 1825 u32 iterations; 1826 }; 1827 1828 /** 1829 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1830 * 1831 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1832 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1833 */ 1834 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1835 enum nl80211_band band; 1836 s8 delta; 1837 }; 1838 1839 /** 1840 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1841 * 1842 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1843 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1844 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1845 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1846 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1847 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1848 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1849 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1850 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1851 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1852 * (others are filtered out). 1853 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1854 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1855 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1856 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1857 * @dev: the interface 1858 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1859 * @channels: channels to scan 1860 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1861 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1862 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1863 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1864 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1865 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1866 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1867 * index must be executed first. 1868 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1869 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1870 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1871 * owned by a particular socket) 1872 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1873 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1874 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1875 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1876 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1877 * supported. 1878 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1879 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1880 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1881 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1882 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1883 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1884 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1885 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1886 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1887 * comparisions. 1888 */ 1889 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1890 u64 reqid; 1891 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1892 int n_ssids; 1893 u32 n_channels; 1894 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1895 const u8 *ie; 1896 size_t ie_len; 1897 u32 flags; 1898 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1899 int n_match_sets; 1900 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1901 u32 delay; 1902 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1903 int n_scan_plans; 1904 1905 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1906 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1907 1908 bool relative_rssi_set; 1909 s8 relative_rssi; 1910 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1911 1912 /* internal */ 1913 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1914 struct net_device *dev; 1915 unsigned long scan_start; 1916 bool report_results; 1917 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1918 u32 owner_nlportid; 1919 bool nl_owner_dead; 1920 struct list_head list; 1921 1922 /* keep last */ 1923 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1924 }; 1925 1926 /** 1927 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 1928 * 1929 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 1930 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 1931 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 1932 */ 1933 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 1934 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 1935 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 1936 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 1937 }; 1938 1939 /** 1940 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 1941 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 1942 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 1943 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 1944 * signal type 1945 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 1946 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 1947 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 1948 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 1949 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 1950 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. 1951 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 1952 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 1953 * by %parent_bssid. 1954 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 1955 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 1956 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 1957 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 1958 */ 1959 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 1960 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 1961 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1962 s32 signal; 1963 u64 boottime_ns; 1964 u64 parent_tsf; 1965 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1966 u8 chains; 1967 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1968 }; 1969 1970 /** 1971 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 1972 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 1973 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 1974 * @len: length of the IEs 1975 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 1976 * @data: IE data 1977 */ 1978 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 1979 u64 tsf; 1980 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1981 int len; 1982 bool from_beacon; 1983 u8 data[]; 1984 }; 1985 1986 /** 1987 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 1988 * 1989 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 1990 * for use in scan results and similar. 1991 * 1992 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 1993 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 1994 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 1995 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 1996 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 1997 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 1998 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 1999 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2000 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2001 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2002 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2003 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2004 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2005 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2006 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2007 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2008 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2009 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2010 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2011 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2012 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2013 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2014 */ 2015 struct cfg80211_bss { 2016 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2017 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2018 2019 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2020 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2021 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2022 2023 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2024 2025 s32 signal; 2026 2027 u16 beacon_interval; 2028 u16 capability; 2029 2030 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2031 u8 chains; 2032 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2033 2034 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2035 }; 2036 2037 /** 2038 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2039 * @bss: the bss to search 2040 * @ie: the IE ID 2041 * 2042 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2043 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2044 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2045 */ 2046 const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie); 2047 2048 2049 /** 2050 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2051 * 2052 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2053 * authentication. 2054 * 2055 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2056 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2057 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2058 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2059 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2060 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2061 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2062 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2063 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2064 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2065 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2066 * transaction sequence number field. 2067 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2068 */ 2069 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2070 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2071 const u8 *ie; 2072 size_t ie_len; 2073 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2074 const u8 *key; 2075 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2076 const u8 *auth_data; 2077 size_t auth_data_len; 2078 }; 2079 2080 /** 2081 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2082 * 2083 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2084 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2085 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2086 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2087 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2088 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2089 * request (connect callback). 2090 */ 2091 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2092 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2093 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2094 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2095 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2096 }; 2097 2098 /** 2099 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2100 * 2101 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2102 * (re)association. 2103 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2104 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2105 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2106 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2107 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2108 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2109 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2110 * @crypto: crypto settings 2111 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2112 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2113 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2114 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2115 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2116 * frame. 2117 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2118 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2119 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2120 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2121 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2122 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2123 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2124 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2125 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2126 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2127 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2128 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2129 */ 2130 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2131 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2132 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2133 size_t ie_len; 2134 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2135 bool use_mfp; 2136 u32 flags; 2137 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2138 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2139 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2140 const u8 *fils_kek; 2141 size_t fils_kek_len; 2142 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2143 }; 2144 2145 /** 2146 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2147 * 2148 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2149 * deauthentication. 2150 * 2151 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2152 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2153 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2154 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2155 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2156 * do not set a deauth frame 2157 */ 2158 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2159 const u8 *bssid; 2160 const u8 *ie; 2161 size_t ie_len; 2162 u16 reason_code; 2163 bool local_state_change; 2164 }; 2165 2166 /** 2167 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2168 * 2169 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2170 * disassociation. 2171 * 2172 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2173 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2174 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2175 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2176 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2177 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2178 */ 2179 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2180 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2181 const u8 *ie; 2182 size_t ie_len; 2183 u16 reason_code; 2184 bool local_state_change; 2185 }; 2186 2187 /** 2188 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2189 * 2190 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2191 * method. 2192 * 2193 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2194 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2195 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2196 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2197 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2198 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2199 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2200 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2201 * @ie_len: length of that 2202 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2203 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2204 * after joining 2205 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2206 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2207 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2208 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2209 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2210 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2211 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2212 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2213 * to operate on DFS channels. 2214 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2215 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2216 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2217 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2218 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2219 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2220 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2221 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2222 */ 2223 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2224 const u8 *ssid; 2225 const u8 *bssid; 2226 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2227 const u8 *ie; 2228 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2229 u16 beacon_interval; 2230 u32 basic_rates; 2231 bool channel_fixed; 2232 bool privacy; 2233 bool control_port; 2234 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2235 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2236 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2237 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2238 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2239 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2240 int wep_tx_key; 2241 }; 2242 2243 /** 2244 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2245 * 2246 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2247 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2248 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2249 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2250 */ 2251 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2252 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2253 union { 2254 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2255 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2256 } param; 2257 }; 2258 2259 /** 2260 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2261 * 2262 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2263 * authentication and association. 2264 * 2265 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2266 * on scan results) 2267 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2268 * %NULL if not specified 2269 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2270 * results) 2271 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2272 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2273 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2274 * to use. 2275 * @ssid: SSID 2276 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2277 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2278 * @ie: IEs for association request 2279 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2280 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2281 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2282 * @crypto: crypto settings 2283 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2284 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2285 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2286 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2287 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2288 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2289 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2290 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2291 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2292 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2293 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2294 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2295 * networks. 2296 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2297 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2298 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2299 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2300 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2301 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2302 * frame. 2303 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2304 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2305 * data IE. 2306 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2307 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2308 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2309 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2310 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2311 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2312 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2313 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2314 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2315 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2316 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2317 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2318 */ 2319 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2320 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2321 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2322 const u8 *bssid; 2323 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2324 const u8 *ssid; 2325 size_t ssid_len; 2326 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2327 const u8 *ie; 2328 size_t ie_len; 2329 bool privacy; 2330 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2331 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2332 const u8 *key; 2333 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2334 u32 flags; 2335 int bg_scan_period; 2336 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2337 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2338 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2339 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2340 bool pbss; 2341 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2342 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2343 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2344 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2345 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2346 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2347 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2348 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2349 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2350 bool want_1x; 2351 }; 2352 2353 /** 2354 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2355 * 2356 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2357 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2358 * 2359 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2360 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2361 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2362 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2363 */ 2364 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2365 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2366 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2367 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2368 }; 2369 2370 /** 2371 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2372 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2373 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2374 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2375 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2376 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2377 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2378 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2379 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2380 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2381 */ 2382 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2383 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2384 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2385 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2386 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2387 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2388 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2389 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2390 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2391 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2392 }; 2393 2394 /** 2395 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2396 * 2397 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2398 * caching. 2399 * 2400 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2401 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2402 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2403 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2404 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2405 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2406 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2407 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2408 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2409 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2410 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2411 * %NULL). 2412 */ 2413 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2414 const u8 *bssid; 2415 const u8 *pmkid; 2416 const u8 *pmk; 2417 size_t pmk_len; 2418 const u8 *ssid; 2419 size_t ssid_len; 2420 const u8 *cache_id; 2421 }; 2422 2423 /** 2424 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2425 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2426 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2427 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2428 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2429 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2430 * 2431 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2432 * memory, free @mask only! 2433 */ 2434 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2435 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2436 int pattern_len; 2437 int pkt_offset; 2438 }; 2439 2440 /** 2441 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2442 * 2443 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2444 * @src: source IP address 2445 * @dst: destination IP address 2446 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2447 * @src_port: source port 2448 * @dst_port: destination port 2449 * @payload_len: data payload length 2450 * @payload: data payload buffer 2451 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2452 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2453 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2454 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2455 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2456 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2457 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2458 */ 2459 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2460 struct socket *sock; 2461 __be32 src, dst; 2462 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2463 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2464 int payload_len; 2465 const u8 *payload; 2466 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2467 u32 data_interval; 2468 u32 wake_len; 2469 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2470 u32 tokens_size; 2471 /* must be last, variable member */ 2472 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2473 }; 2474 2475 /** 2476 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2477 * 2478 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2479 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2480 * operating as normal during suspend 2481 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2482 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2483 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2484 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2485 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2486 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2487 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2488 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2489 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2490 * NULL if not configured. 2491 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2492 */ 2493 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2494 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2495 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2496 rfkill_release; 2497 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2498 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2499 int n_patterns; 2500 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2501 }; 2502 2503 /** 2504 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2505 * 2506 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2507 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2508 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2509 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2510 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2511 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2512 */ 2513 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2514 int delay; 2515 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2516 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2517 int n_patterns; 2518 }; 2519 2520 /** 2521 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2522 * 2523 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2524 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2525 * @n_rules: number of rules 2526 */ 2527 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2528 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2529 int n_rules; 2530 }; 2531 2532 /** 2533 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2534 * 2535 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2536 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2537 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2538 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2539 * occurred (in MHz) 2540 */ 2541 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2542 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2543 int n_channels; 2544 u32 channels[]; 2545 }; 2546 2547 /** 2548 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2549 * 2550 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2551 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2552 * match information. 2553 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2554 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2555 */ 2556 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2557 int n_matches; 2558 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2559 }; 2560 2561 /** 2562 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2563 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2564 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2565 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2566 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2567 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2568 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2569 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2570 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2571 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2572 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2573 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2574 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2575 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2576 * it is. 2577 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2578 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2579 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2580 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2581 */ 2582 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2583 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2584 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2585 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2586 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2587 s32 pattern_idx; 2588 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2589 const void *packet; 2590 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2591 }; 2592 2593 /** 2594 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2595 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2596 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2597 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2598 */ 2599 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2600 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2601 }; 2602 2603 /** 2604 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2605 * 2606 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2607 * 2608 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2609 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2610 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2611 */ 2612 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2613 u16 md; 2614 const u8 *ie; 2615 size_t ie_len; 2616 }; 2617 2618 /** 2619 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2620 * 2621 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2622 * 2623 * @chan: channel to use 2624 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2625 * @wait: duration for ROC 2626 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2627 * @len: buffer length 2628 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2629 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2630 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2631 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2632 */ 2633 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2634 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2635 bool offchan; 2636 unsigned int wait; 2637 const u8 *buf; 2638 size_t len; 2639 bool no_cck; 2640 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2641 int n_csa_offsets; 2642 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2643 }; 2644 2645 /** 2646 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2647 * 2648 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2649 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2650 */ 2651 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2652 u8 dscp; 2653 u8 up; 2654 }; 2655 2656 /** 2657 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2658 * 2659 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2660 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2661 */ 2662 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2663 u8 low; 2664 u8 high; 2665 }; 2666 2667 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2668 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2669 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2670 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2671 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2672 2673 /** 2674 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2675 * 2676 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2677 * 2678 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2679 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2680 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2681 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2682 */ 2683 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2684 u8 num_des; 2685 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2686 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2687 }; 2688 2689 /** 2690 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2691 * 2692 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2693 * 2694 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2695 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2696 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2697 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2698 */ 2699 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2700 u8 master_pref; 2701 u8 bands; 2702 }; 2703 2704 /** 2705 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2706 * configuration 2707 * 2708 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2709 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2710 */ 2711 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2712 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2713 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2714 }; 2715 2716 /** 2717 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2718 * 2719 * @filter: the content of the filter 2720 * @len: the length of the filter 2721 */ 2722 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2723 const u8 *filter; 2724 u8 len; 2725 }; 2726 2727 /** 2728 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2729 * 2730 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2731 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2732 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2733 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2734 * implementation specific. 2735 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2736 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2737 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2738 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2739 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2740 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2741 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2742 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2743 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2744 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2745 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2746 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2747 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2748 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2749 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2750 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2751 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2752 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2753 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2754 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2755 */ 2756 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2757 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2758 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2759 u8 publish_type; 2760 bool close_range; 2761 bool publish_bcast; 2762 bool subscribe_active; 2763 u8 followup_id; 2764 u8 followup_reqid; 2765 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2766 u32 ttl; 2767 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2768 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2769 bool srf_include; 2770 const u8 *srf_bf; 2771 u8 srf_bf_len; 2772 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2773 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2774 int srf_num_macs; 2775 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2776 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2777 u8 num_tx_filters; 2778 u8 num_rx_filters; 2779 u8 instance_id; 2780 u64 cookie; 2781 }; 2782 2783 /** 2784 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2785 * 2786 * @aa: authenticator address 2787 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2788 * @pmk: the PMK material 2789 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2790 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2791 * holds PMK-R0. 2792 */ 2793 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2794 const u8 *aa; 2795 u8 pmk_len; 2796 const u8 *pmk; 2797 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2798 }; 2799 2800 /** 2801 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2802 * 2803 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2804 * 2805 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2806 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2807 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2808 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2809 * authentication response command interface. 2810 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2811 * authentication response command interface. 2812 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2813 * authentication request event interface. 2814 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2815 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2816 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2817 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2818 */ 2819 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2820 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2821 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2822 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2823 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2824 u16 status; 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2829 * 2830 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2831 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2832 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2833 * answered 2834 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2835 * successfully answered 2836 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2837 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2838 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2839 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2840 * of how much time the responder was busy 2841 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2842 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2843 * the responder 2844 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2845 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2846 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2847 */ 2848 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2849 u32 filled; 2850 u32 success_num; 2851 u32 partial_num; 2852 u32 failed_num; 2853 u32 asap_num; 2854 u32 non_asap_num; 2855 u64 total_duration_ms; 2856 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2857 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2858 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2859 }; 2860 2861 /** 2862 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2863 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2864 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2865 * reason than just "failure" 2866 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2867 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2868 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2869 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2870 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2871 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2872 * by the responder 2873 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2874 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2875 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2876 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2877 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2878 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2879 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2880 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2881 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2882 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2883 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2884 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2885 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2886 * the square root of the variance) 2887 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 2888 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 2889 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 2890 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 2891 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 2892 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 2893 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 2894 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 2895 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 2896 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 2897 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 2898 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 2899 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 2900 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 2901 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 2902 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 2903 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 2904 */ 2905 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 2906 const u8 *lci; 2907 const u8 *civicloc; 2908 unsigned int lci_len; 2909 unsigned int civicloc_len; 2910 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 2911 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 2912 s16 burst_index; 2913 u8 busy_retry_time; 2914 u8 num_bursts_exp; 2915 u8 burst_duration; 2916 u8 ftms_per_burst; 2917 s32 rssi_avg; 2918 s32 rssi_spread; 2919 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 2920 s64 rtt_avg; 2921 s64 rtt_variance; 2922 s64 rtt_spread; 2923 s64 dist_avg; 2924 s64 dist_variance; 2925 s64 dist_spread; 2926 2927 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 2928 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 2929 rssi_avg_valid:1, 2930 rssi_spread_valid:1, 2931 tx_rate_valid:1, 2932 rx_rate_valid:1, 2933 rtt_avg_valid:1, 2934 rtt_variance_valid:1, 2935 rtt_spread_valid:1, 2936 dist_avg_valid:1, 2937 dist_variance_valid:1, 2938 dist_spread_valid:1; 2939 }; 2940 2941 /** 2942 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 2943 * @addr: address of the peer 2944 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 2945 * measurement was made) 2946 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 2947 * @status: status of the measurement 2948 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 2949 * reporting partial results always set this flag 2950 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 2951 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 2952 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 2953 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 2954 */ 2955 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 2956 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 2957 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 2958 2959 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 2960 2961 u8 final:1, 2962 ap_tsf_valid:1; 2963 2964 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 2965 2966 union { 2967 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 2968 }; 2969 }; 2970 2971 /** 2972 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 2973 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 2974 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 2975 * @burst_period: burst period to use 2976 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 2977 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 2978 * @burst_duration: burst duration 2979 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 2980 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 2981 * @request_lci: request LCI information 2982 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 2983 * 2984 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 2985 */ 2986 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 2987 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 2988 u16 burst_period; 2989 u8 requested:1, 2990 asap:1, 2991 request_lci:1, 2992 request_civicloc:1; 2993 u8 num_bursts_exp; 2994 u8 burst_duration; 2995 u8 ftms_per_burst; 2996 u8 ftmr_retries; 2997 }; 2998 2999 /** 3000 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3001 * @addr: MAC address 3002 * @chandef: channel to use 3003 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3004 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3005 */ 3006 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3007 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3008 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3009 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3010 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3011 }; 3012 3013 /** 3014 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3015 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3016 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3017 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3018 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3019 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3020 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3021 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3022 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3023 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3024 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3025 * zero it means there's no timeout 3026 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3027 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3028 */ 3029 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3030 u64 cookie; 3031 void *drv_data; 3032 u32 n_peers; 3033 u32 nl_portid; 3034 3035 u32 timeout; 3036 3037 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3038 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3039 3040 struct list_head list; 3041 3042 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3043 }; 3044 3045 /** 3046 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3047 * 3048 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3049 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3050 * 3051 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3052 * on success or a negative error code. 3053 * 3054 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3055 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3056 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3057 * 3058 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3059 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3060 * configured for the device. 3061 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3062 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3063 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3064 * the device. 3065 * 3066 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3067 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3068 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3069 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3070 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3071 * 3072 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3073 * 3074 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3075 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3076 * 3077 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3078 * when adding a group key. 3079 * 3080 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3081 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3082 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3083 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3084 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3085 * 3086 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3087 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3088 * 3089 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3090 * 3091 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3092 * 3093 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3094 * 3095 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3096 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3097 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3098 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3099 * 3100 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3101 * @del_station: Remove a station 3102 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3103 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3104 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3105 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3106 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3107 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3108 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3109 * 3110 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3111 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3112 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3113 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3114 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3115 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3116 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3117 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3118 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3119 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3120 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3121 * 3122 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3123 * 3124 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3125 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3126 * set, and which to leave alone. 3127 * 3128 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3129 * 3130 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3131 * 3132 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3133 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3134 * join the mesh instead. 3135 * 3136 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3137 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3138 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3139 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3140 * 3141 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3142 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3143 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3144 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3145 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3146 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3147 * 3148 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3149 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3150 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3151 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3152 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3153 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3154 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3155 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3156 * 3157 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3158 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3159 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3160 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3161 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3162 * was received. 3163 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3164 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3165 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3166 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3167 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3168 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3169 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3170 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3171 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3172 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3173 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3174 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3175 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3176 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3177 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3178 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3179 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3180 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3181 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3182 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3183 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3184 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3185 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3186 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3187 * 3188 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3189 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3190 * to a merge. 3191 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3192 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3193 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3194 * 3195 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3196 * MESH mode) 3197 * 3198 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3199 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3200 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3201 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3202 * 3203 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3204 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3205 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3206 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3207 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3208 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3209 * return 0 if successful 3210 * 3211 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3212 * 3213 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3214 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3215 * 3216 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3217 * 3218 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3219 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3220 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3221 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3222 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3223 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3224 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3225 * the duration value. 3226 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3227 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3228 * frame on another channel 3229 * 3230 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3231 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3232 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3233 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3234 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3235 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3236 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3237 * 3238 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3239 * 3240 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3241 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3242 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3243 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3244 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3245 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3246 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3247 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3248 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3249 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3250 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3251 * disabled.) 3252 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3253 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3254 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3255 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3256 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3257 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3258 * thresholds. 3259 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3260 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3261 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3262 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3263 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3264 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3265 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3266 * 3267 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3268 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3269 * 3270 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3271 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3272 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3273 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3274 * 3275 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3276 * 3277 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3278 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3279 * 3280 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3281 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3282 * 3283 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3284 * 3285 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3286 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3287 * current monitoring channel. 3288 * 3289 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3290 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3291 * 3292 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3293 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3294 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3295 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3296 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3297 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3298 * 3299 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3300 * 3301 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3302 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3303 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3304 * 3305 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3306 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3307 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3308 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3309 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3310 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3311 * 3312 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3313 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3314 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3315 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3316 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3317 * as soon as possible. 3318 * 3319 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3320 * 3321 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3322 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3323 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3324 * 3325 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3326 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3327 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3328 * account. 3329 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3330 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3331 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3332 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3333 * rejected) 3334 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3335 * 3336 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3337 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3338 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3339 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3340 * 3341 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3342 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3343 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3344 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3345 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3346 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3347 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3348 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3349 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3350 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3351 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3352 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3353 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3354 * provided @nan_func. 3355 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3356 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3357 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3358 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3359 * 3360 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3361 * 3362 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3363 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3364 * 3365 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3366 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3367 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3368 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3369 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3370 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3371 * 3372 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3373 * user space 3374 * 3375 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3376 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3377 * 3378 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3379 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3380 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3381 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3382 */ 3383 struct cfg80211_ops { 3384 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3385 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3386 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3387 3388 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3389 const char *name, 3390 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3391 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3392 struct vif_params *params); 3393 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3394 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3395 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3396 struct net_device *dev, 3397 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3398 struct vif_params *params); 3399 3400 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3401 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3402 struct key_params *params); 3403 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3404 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3405 void *cookie, 3406 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3407 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3408 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3409 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3410 struct net_device *netdev, 3411 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3412 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3413 struct net_device *netdev, 3414 u8 key_index); 3415 3416 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3417 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3418 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3419 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3420 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3421 3422 3423 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3424 const u8 *mac, 3425 struct station_parameters *params); 3426 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3427 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3428 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3429 const u8 *mac, 3430 struct station_parameters *params); 3431 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3432 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3433 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3434 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3435 3436 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3437 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3438 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3439 const u8 *dst); 3440 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3441 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3442 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3443 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3444 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3445 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3446 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3447 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3448 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3449 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3450 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3451 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3452 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3453 struct net_device *dev, 3454 struct mesh_config *conf); 3455 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3456 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3457 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3458 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3459 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3460 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3461 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3462 3463 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3464 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3465 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3466 3467 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3468 struct bss_parameters *params); 3469 3470 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3471 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3472 3473 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3474 struct net_device *dev, 3475 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3476 3477 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3478 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3479 3480 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3481 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3482 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3483 3484 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3485 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3486 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3487 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3488 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3489 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3490 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3491 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3492 3493 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3494 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3495 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3496 struct net_device *dev, 3497 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3498 u32 changed); 3499 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3500 u16 reason_code); 3501 3502 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3503 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3504 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3505 3506 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3507 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3508 3509 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3510 3511 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3512 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3513 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3514 int *dbm); 3515 3516 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3517 const u8 *addr); 3518 3519 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3520 3521 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3522 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3523 void *data, int len); 3524 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3525 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3526 void *data, int len); 3527 #endif 3528 3529 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3530 struct net_device *dev, 3531 const u8 *peer, 3532 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3533 3534 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3535 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3536 3537 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3538 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3539 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3540 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3541 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3542 3543 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3544 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3545 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3546 unsigned int duration, 3547 u64 *cookie); 3548 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3549 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3550 u64 cookie); 3551 3552 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3553 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3554 u64 *cookie); 3555 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3556 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3557 u64 cookie); 3558 3559 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3560 bool enabled, int timeout); 3561 3562 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3563 struct net_device *dev, 3564 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3565 3566 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3567 struct net_device *dev, 3568 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3569 3570 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3571 struct net_device *dev, 3572 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3573 3574 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3575 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3576 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3577 3578 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3579 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3580 3581 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3582 struct net_device *dev, 3583 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3584 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3585 u64 reqid); 3586 3587 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3588 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3589 3590 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3591 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3592 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3593 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3594 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3595 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3596 3597 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3598 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3599 3600 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3601 struct net_device *dev, 3602 u16 noack_map); 3603 3604 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3605 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3606 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3607 3608 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3609 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3610 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3611 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3612 3613 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3614 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3615 3616 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3617 struct net_device *dev, 3618 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3619 u32 cac_time_ms); 3620 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3621 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3622 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3623 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3624 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3625 u16 duration); 3626 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3627 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3628 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3629 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3630 3631 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3632 struct net_device *dev, 3633 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3634 3635 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3636 struct net_device *dev, 3637 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3638 3639 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3640 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3641 3642 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3643 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3644 u16 admitted_time); 3645 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3646 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3647 3648 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3649 struct net_device *dev, 3650 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3651 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3652 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3653 struct net_device *dev, 3654 const u8 *addr); 3655 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3656 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3657 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3658 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3659 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3660 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3661 u64 cookie); 3662 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3663 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3664 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3665 u32 changes); 3666 3667 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3668 struct net_device *dev, 3669 const bool enabled); 3670 3671 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3672 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3673 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3674 3675 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3676 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3677 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3678 const u8 *aa); 3679 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3680 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3681 3682 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3683 struct net_device *dev, 3684 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3685 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3686 const bool noencrypt); 3687 3688 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3689 struct net_device *dev, 3690 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3691 3692 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3693 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3694 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3695 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3696 }; 3697 3698 /* 3699 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3700 * and registration/helper functions 3701 */ 3702 3703 /** 3704 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3705 * 3706 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3707 * wiphy at all 3708 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3709 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3710 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3711 * reason to override the default 3712 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3713 * on a VLAN interface) 3714 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3715 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3716 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3717 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3718 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3719 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3720 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3721 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3722 * firmware. 3723 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3724 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3725 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3726 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3727 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3728 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3729 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3730 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3731 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3732 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3733 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3734 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3735 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3736 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3737 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3738 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3739 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3740 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3741 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3742 * before connection. 3743 */ 3744 enum wiphy_flags { 3745 /* use hole at 0 */ 3746 /* use hole at 1 */ 3747 /* use hole at 2 */ 3748 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3749 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3750 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3751 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3752 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3753 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3754 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3755 /* use hole at 11 */ 3756 /* use hole at 12 */ 3757 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3758 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3759 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3760 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3761 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3762 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3763 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3764 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3765 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3766 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3767 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3768 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3769 }; 3770 3771 /** 3772 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3773 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3774 * @types: interface types (bits) 3775 */ 3776 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3777 u16 max; 3778 u16 types; 3779 }; 3780 3781 /** 3782 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3783 * 3784 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3785 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3786 * 3787 * Examples: 3788 * 3789 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3790 * 3791 * .. code-block:: c 3792 * 3793 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3794 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3795 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3796 * }; 3797 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3798 * .limits = limits1, 3799 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3800 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3801 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3802 * }; 3803 * 3804 * 3805 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3806 * 3807 * .. code-block:: c 3808 * 3809 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3810 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3811 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3812 * }; 3813 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3814 * .limits = limits2, 3815 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3816 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3817 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3818 * }; 3819 * 3820 * 3821 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3822 * 3823 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3824 * 3825 * .. code-block:: c 3826 * 3827 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3828 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3829 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3830 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3831 * }; 3832 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3833 * .limits = limits3, 3834 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3835 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3836 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3837 * }; 3838 * 3839 */ 3840 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3841 /** 3842 * @limits: 3843 * limits for the given interface types 3844 */ 3845 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3846 3847 /** 3848 * @num_different_channels: 3849 * can use up to this many different channels 3850 */ 3851 u32 num_different_channels; 3852 3853 /** 3854 * @max_interfaces: 3855 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 3856 */ 3857 u16 max_interfaces; 3858 3859 /** 3860 * @n_limits: 3861 * number of limitations 3862 */ 3863 u8 n_limits; 3864 3865 /** 3866 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 3867 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 3868 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 3869 */ 3870 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 3871 3872 /** 3873 * @radar_detect_widths: 3874 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 3875 */ 3876 u8 radar_detect_widths; 3877 3878 /** 3879 * @radar_detect_regions: 3880 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 3881 */ 3882 u8 radar_detect_regions; 3883 3884 /** 3885 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 3886 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 3887 * 3888 * = 0 3889 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 3890 * > 0 3891 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 3892 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 3893 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 3894 */ 3895 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 3896 }; 3897 3898 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 3899 u16 tx, rx; 3900 }; 3901 3902 /** 3903 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 3904 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 3905 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 3906 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 3907 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 3908 * packet should be preserved in that case 3909 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 3910 * (see nl80211.h) 3911 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 3912 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 3913 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 3914 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 3915 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 3916 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 3917 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 3918 */ 3919 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 3920 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 3921 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 3922 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 3923 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 3924 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 3925 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 3926 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 3927 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 3928 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 3929 }; 3930 3931 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 3932 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 3933 u32 data_payload_max; 3934 u32 data_interval_max; 3935 u32 wake_payload_max; 3936 bool seq; 3937 }; 3938 3939 /** 3940 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 3941 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 3942 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 3943 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 3944 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 3945 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 3946 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 3947 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 3948 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 3949 * scheduled scans. 3950 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 3951 * details. 3952 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 3953 */ 3954 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 3955 u32 flags; 3956 int n_patterns; 3957 int pattern_max_len; 3958 int pattern_min_len; 3959 int max_pkt_offset; 3960 int max_nd_match_sets; 3961 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 3962 }; 3963 3964 /** 3965 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 3966 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 3967 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 3968 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 3969 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 3970 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 3971 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 3972 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 3973 */ 3974 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 3975 int n_rules; 3976 int max_delay; 3977 int n_patterns; 3978 int pattern_max_len; 3979 int pattern_min_len; 3980 int max_pkt_offset; 3981 }; 3982 3983 /** 3984 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 3985 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 3986 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 3987 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 3988 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 3989 */ 3990 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 3991 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 3992 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 3993 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 3994 }; 3995 3996 /** 3997 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 3998 * 3999 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4000 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4001 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4002 * 4003 */ 4004 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4005 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4006 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4007 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4008 }; 4009 4010 /** 4011 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4012 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4013 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4014 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4015 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4016 */ 4017 4018 struct sta_opmode_info { 4019 u32 changed; 4020 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4021 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4022 u8 rx_nss; 4023 }; 4024 4025 /** 4026 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4027 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4028 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4029 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4030 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4031 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4032 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4033 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4034 * dumpit calls. 4035 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4036 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4037 * are used with dump requests. 4038 */ 4039 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4040 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4041 u32 flags; 4042 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4043 const void *data, int data_len); 4044 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4045 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4046 unsigned long *storage); 4047 }; 4048 4049 /** 4050 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4051 * @iftype: interface type 4052 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4053 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4054 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4055 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4056 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4057 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4058 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4059 */ 4060 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4061 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4062 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4063 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4064 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4065 }; 4066 4067 /** 4068 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4069 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4070 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4071 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4072 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4073 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4074 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4075 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4076 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4077 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4078 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4079 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4080 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4081 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4082 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4083 * not limited) 4084 */ 4085 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4086 unsigned int max_peers; 4087 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4088 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4089 4090 struct { 4091 u32 preambles; 4092 u32 bandwidths; 4093 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4094 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4095 u8 supported:1, 4096 asap:1, 4097 non_asap:1, 4098 request_lci:1, 4099 request_civicloc:1; 4100 } ftm; 4101 }; 4102 4103 /** 4104 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4105 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4106 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4107 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4108 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4109 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4110 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4111 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4112 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4113 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4114 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4115 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4116 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4117 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4118 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4119 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4120 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4121 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4122 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4123 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4124 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4125 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4126 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4127 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4128 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4129 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4130 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4131 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4132 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4133 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4134 * unregister hardware 4135 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4136 * automatically on wiphy renames 4137 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4138 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4139 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4140 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4141 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4142 * must be set by driver 4143 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4144 * list single interface types. 4145 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4146 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4147 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4148 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4149 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4150 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4151 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4152 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4153 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4154 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4155 * this variable determines its size 4156 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4157 * any given scan 4158 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4159 * the device can run concurrently. 4160 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4161 * for in any given scheduled scan 4162 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4163 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4164 * supported. 4165 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4166 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4167 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4168 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4169 * scans 4170 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4171 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4172 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4173 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4174 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4175 * scan plan supported by the device. 4176 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4177 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4178 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4179 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4180 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4181 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4182 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4183 * 4184 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4185 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4186 * type 4187 * 4188 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4189 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4190 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4191 * 4192 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4193 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4194 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4195 * 4196 * @probe_resp_offload: 4197 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4198 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4199 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4200 * 4201 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4202 * may request, if implemented. 4203 * 4204 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4205 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4206 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4207 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4208 * 4209 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4210 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4211 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4212 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4213 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4214 * 4215 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4216 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4217 * 4218 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4219 * supports for ACL. 4220 * 4221 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4222 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4223 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4224 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4225 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4226 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4227 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4228 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4229 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4230 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4231 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4232 * capabilities are specified separately. 4233 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4234 * 4235 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4236 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4237 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4238 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4239 * 4240 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4241 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4242 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4243 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4244 * 4245 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4246 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4247 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4248 * infinite. 4249 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4250 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4251 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4252 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4253 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4254 * This value should be set in MHz. 4255 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4256 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4257 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4258 * 4259 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4260 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4261 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4262 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4263 * 4264 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4265 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4266 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4267 * 4268 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4269 */ 4270 struct wiphy { 4271 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4272 4273 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4274 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4275 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4276 4277 struct mac_address *addresses; 4278 4279 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4280 4281 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4282 int n_iface_combinations; 4283 u16 software_iftypes; 4284 4285 u16 n_addresses; 4286 4287 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4288 u16 interface_modes; 4289 4290 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4291 4292 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4293 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4294 4295 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4296 4297 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4298 4299 int bss_priv_size; 4300 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4301 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4302 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4303 u8 max_match_sets; 4304 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4305 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4306 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4307 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4308 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4309 4310 int n_cipher_suites; 4311 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4312 4313 u8 retry_short; 4314 u8 retry_long; 4315 u32 frag_threshold; 4316 u32 rts_threshold; 4317 u8 coverage_class; 4318 4319 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4320 u32 hw_version; 4321 4322 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4323 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4324 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4325 #endif 4326 4327 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4328 4329 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4330 4331 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4332 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4333 4334 /* 4335 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4336 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4337 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4338 */ 4339 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4340 4341 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4342 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4343 4344 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4345 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4346 4347 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4348 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4349 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4350 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4351 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4352 const void *privid; 4353 4354 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4355 4356 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4357 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4358 struct regulatory_request *request); 4359 4360 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4361 4362 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4363 4364 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4365 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4366 struct device dev; 4367 4368 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4369 bool registered; 4370 4371 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4372 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4373 4374 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4375 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4376 4377 struct list_head wdev_list; 4378 4379 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4380 possible_net_t _net; 4381 4382 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4383 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4384 #endif 4385 4386 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4387 4388 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4389 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4390 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4391 4392 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4393 4394 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4395 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4396 4397 u32 bss_select_support; 4398 4399 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4400 4401 u32 txq_limit; 4402 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4403 u32 txq_quantum; 4404 4405 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4406 4407 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4408 }; 4409 4410 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4411 { 4412 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4413 } 4414 4415 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4416 { 4417 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4418 } 4419 4420 /** 4421 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4422 * 4423 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4424 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4425 */ 4426 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4427 { 4428 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4429 return &wiphy->priv; 4430 } 4431 4432 /** 4433 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4434 * 4435 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4436 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4437 */ 4438 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4439 { 4440 BUG_ON(!priv); 4441 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4442 } 4443 4444 /** 4445 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4446 * 4447 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4448 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4449 */ 4450 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4451 { 4452 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4453 } 4454 4455 /** 4456 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4457 * 4458 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4459 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4460 */ 4461 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4462 { 4463 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4464 } 4465 4466 /** 4467 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4468 * 4469 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4470 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4471 */ 4472 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4473 { 4474 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4475 } 4476 4477 /** 4478 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4479 * 4480 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4481 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4482 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4483 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4484 * 4485 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4486 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4487 * 4488 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4489 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4490 */ 4491 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4492 const char *requested_name); 4493 4494 /** 4495 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4496 * 4497 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4498 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4499 * 4500 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4501 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4502 * 4503 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4504 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4505 */ 4506 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4507 int sizeof_priv) 4508 { 4509 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4510 } 4511 4512 /** 4513 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4514 * 4515 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4516 * 4517 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4518 */ 4519 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4520 4521 /** 4522 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4523 * 4524 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4525 * 4526 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4527 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4528 * request that is being handled. 4529 */ 4530 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4531 4532 /** 4533 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4534 * 4535 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4536 */ 4537 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4538 4539 /* internal structs */ 4540 struct cfg80211_conn; 4541 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4542 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4543 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4544 4545 /** 4546 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4547 * 4548 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4549 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4550 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4551 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4552 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4553 * 4554 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4555 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4556 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4557 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4558 * 4559 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4560 * @iftype: interface type 4561 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4562 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4563 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4564 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4565 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4566 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4567 * the user-set channel definition. 4568 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4569 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4570 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4571 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4572 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4573 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4574 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4575 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4576 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4577 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4578 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4579 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4580 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4581 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4582 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4583 * and some API functions require it held 4584 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4585 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4586 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4587 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4588 * the P2P Device. 4589 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4590 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4591 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4592 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4593 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4594 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4595 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4596 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4597 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4598 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4599 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4600 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4601 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4602 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4603 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4604 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4605 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4606 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4607 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4608 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4609 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4610 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4611 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4612 */ 4613 struct wireless_dev { 4614 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4615 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4616 4617 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4618 struct list_head list; 4619 struct net_device *netdev; 4620 4621 u32 identifier; 4622 4623 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4624 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4625 4626 struct mutex mtx; 4627 4628 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4629 4630 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4631 4632 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4633 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4634 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4635 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4636 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4637 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4638 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4639 4640 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4641 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4642 4643 struct list_head event_list; 4644 spinlock_t event_lock; 4645 4646 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4647 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4648 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4649 4650 bool ibss_fixed; 4651 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4652 4653 bool ps; 4654 int ps_timeout; 4655 4656 int beacon_interval; 4657 4658 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4659 4660 u32 owner_nlportid; 4661 bool nl_owner_dead; 4662 4663 bool cac_started; 4664 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4665 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4666 4667 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4668 /* wext data */ 4669 struct { 4670 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4671 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4672 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4673 const u8 *ie; 4674 size_t ie_len; 4675 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4676 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4677 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4678 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4679 } wext; 4680 #endif 4681 4682 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4683 4684 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4685 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4686 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4687 }; 4688 4689 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4690 { 4691 if (wdev->netdev) 4692 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4693 return wdev->address; 4694 } 4695 4696 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4697 { 4698 if (wdev->netdev) 4699 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4700 return wdev->is_running; 4701 } 4702 4703 /** 4704 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4705 * 4706 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4707 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4708 */ 4709 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4710 { 4711 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4712 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4713 } 4714 4715 /** 4716 * DOC: Utility functions 4717 * 4718 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4719 */ 4720 4721 /** 4722 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4723 * @chan: channel number 4724 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4725 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4726 */ 4727 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4728 4729 /** 4730 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4731 * @freq: center frequency 4732 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4733 */ 4734 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4735 4736 /** 4737 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4738 * 4739 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4740 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4741 * 4742 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4743 */ 4744 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4745 4746 /** 4747 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4748 * 4749 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4750 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4751 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4752 * 4753 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4754 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4755 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4756 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4757 */ 4758 struct ieee80211_rate * 4759 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4760 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4761 4762 /** 4763 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4764 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4765 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4766 * 4767 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4768 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4769 */ 4770 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4771 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4772 4773 /* 4774 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4775 * 4776 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4777 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4778 */ 4779 4780 struct radiotap_align_size { 4781 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4782 }; 4783 4784 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4785 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4786 int n_bits; 4787 uint32_t oui; 4788 uint8_t subns; 4789 }; 4790 4791 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4792 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4793 int n_ns; 4794 }; 4795 4796 /** 4797 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4798 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4799 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4800 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4801 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4802 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4803 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4804 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4805 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4806 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4807 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4808 * radiotap namespace or not 4809 * 4810 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4811 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4812 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4813 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4814 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4815 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 4816 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 4817 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 4818 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 4819 * next bitmap word 4820 * 4821 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 4822 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 4823 */ 4824 4825 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 4826 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 4827 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 4828 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 4829 4830 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 4831 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 4832 4833 unsigned char *this_arg; 4834 int this_arg_index; 4835 int this_arg_size; 4836 4837 int is_radiotap_ns; 4838 4839 int _max_length; 4840 int _arg_index; 4841 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 4842 int _reset_on_ext; 4843 }; 4844 4845 int 4846 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 4847 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 4848 int max_length, 4849 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 4850 4851 int 4852 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 4853 4854 4855 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 4856 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 4857 4858 /** 4859 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 4860 * 4861 * @skb: the frame 4862 * 4863 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 4864 * returns the 802.11 header length. 4865 * 4866 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 4867 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 4868 * 802.11 header. 4869 */ 4870 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 4871 4872 /** 4873 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 4874 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 4875 * Return: The header length in bytes. 4876 */ 4877 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 4878 4879 /** 4880 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 4881 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 4882 * (first byte) will be accessed 4883 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 4884 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 4885 */ 4886 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 4887 4888 /** 4889 * DOC: Data path helpers 4890 * 4891 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 4892 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 4893 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 4894 */ 4895 4896 /** 4897 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 4898 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 4899 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 4900 * of it being pushed into the SKB 4901 * @addr: the device MAC address 4902 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 4903 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 4904 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 4905 */ 4906 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 4907 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 4908 u8 data_offset); 4909 4910 /** 4911 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 4912 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 4913 * @addr: the device MAC address 4914 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 4915 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 4916 */ 4917 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 4918 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 4919 { 4920 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 4921 } 4922 4923 /** 4924 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 4925 * 4926 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 4927 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 4928 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 4929 * 4930 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 4931 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 4932 * initialized by by the caller. 4933 * @addr: The device MAC address. 4934 * @iftype: The device interface type. 4935 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 4936 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 4937 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 4938 */ 4939 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 4940 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 4941 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 4942 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 4943 4944 /** 4945 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 4946 * @skb: the data frame 4947 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 4948 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 4949 */ 4950 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 4951 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4952 4953 /** 4954 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 4955 * 4956 * @eid: element ID 4957 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 4958 * @len: length of data 4959 * @match: byte array to match 4960 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 4961 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 4962 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 4963 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 4964 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 4965 * the second byte is the IE length. 4966 * 4967 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 4968 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 4969 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 4970 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 4971 * element ID. 4972 * 4973 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 4974 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 4975 * byte array to match. 4976 */ 4977 const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len, 4978 const u8 *match, int match_len, 4979 int match_offset); 4980 4981 /** 4982 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 4983 * 4984 * @eid: element ID 4985 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 4986 * @len: length of data 4987 * 4988 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 4989 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 4990 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 4991 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 4992 * 4993 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 4994 * having to fit into the given data. 4995 */ 4996 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 4997 { 4998 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 4999 } 5000 5001 /** 5002 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5003 * 5004 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5005 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5006 * @len: length of data 5007 * 5008 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5009 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5010 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5011 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5012 * 5013 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5014 * having to fit into the given data. 5015 */ 5016 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5017 { 5018 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5019 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5020 } 5021 5022 /** 5023 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5024 * 5025 * @oui: vendor OUI 5026 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5027 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5028 * @len: length of data 5029 * 5030 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5031 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5032 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5033 * element ID. 5034 * 5035 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5036 * the given data. 5037 */ 5038 const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5039 const u8 *ies, int len); 5040 5041 /** 5042 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5043 * 5044 * @dev: network device 5045 * @addr: STA MAC address 5046 * 5047 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5048 * devices upon STA association. 5049 */ 5050 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5051 5052 /** 5053 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5054 * 5055 * TODO 5056 */ 5057 5058 /** 5059 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5060 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5061 * conflicts) 5062 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5063 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5064 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5065 * alpha2. 5066 * 5067 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5068 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5069 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5070 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5071 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5072 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5073 * 5074 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5075 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5076 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5077 * 5078 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5079 * an -ENOMEM. 5080 * 5081 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5082 */ 5083 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5084 5085 /** 5086 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5087 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5088 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5089 * 5090 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5091 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5092 * information. 5093 * 5094 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5095 */ 5096 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5097 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5098 5099 /** 5100 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5101 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5102 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5103 * 5104 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5105 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5106 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5107 * 5108 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5109 */ 5110 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5111 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5112 5113 /** 5114 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5115 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5116 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5117 * 5118 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5119 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5120 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5121 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5122 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5123 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5124 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5125 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5126 * that called this helper. 5127 */ 5128 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5129 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5130 5131 /** 5132 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5133 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5134 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5135 * 5136 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5137 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5138 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5139 * and processed already. 5140 * 5141 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5142 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5143 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5144 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5145 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5146 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5147 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5148 */ 5149 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5150 u32 center_freq); 5151 5152 /** 5153 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5154 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5155 * 5156 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5157 * proper string representation. 5158 */ 5159 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5160 5161 /** 5162 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5163 * 5164 */ 5165 5166 /** 5167 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5168 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5169 * 5170 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5171 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5172 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5173 * 5174 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5175 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5176 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5177 * 5178 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5179 * an -ENODATA. 5180 * 5181 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5182 */ 5183 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5184 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5185 5186 /* 5187 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5188 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5189 */ 5190 5191 /** 5192 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5193 * 5194 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5195 * @info: information about the completed scan 5196 */ 5197 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5198 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5199 5200 /** 5201 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5202 * 5203 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5204 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5205 */ 5206 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5207 5208 /** 5209 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5210 * 5211 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5212 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5213 * 5214 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5215 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5216 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5217 */ 5218 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5219 5220 /** 5221 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5222 * 5223 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5224 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5225 * 5226 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5227 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5228 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5229 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5230 */ 5231 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5232 5233 /** 5234 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5235 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5236 * @data: the BSS metadata 5237 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5238 * @len: length of the management frame 5239 * @gfp: context flags 5240 * 5241 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5242 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5243 * 5244 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5245 * Or %NULL on error. 5246 */ 5247 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5248 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5249 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5250 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5251 gfp_t gfp); 5252 5253 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5254 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5255 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5256 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5257 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5258 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5259 { 5260 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5261 .chan = rx_channel, 5262 .scan_width = scan_width, 5263 .signal = signal, 5264 }; 5265 5266 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5267 } 5268 5269 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5270 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5271 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5272 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5273 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5274 { 5275 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5276 .chan = rx_channel, 5277 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5278 .signal = signal, 5279 }; 5280 5281 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5282 } 5283 5284 /** 5285 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5286 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5287 * from a beacon or probe response 5288 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5289 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5290 */ 5291 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5292 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5293 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5294 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5295 }; 5296 5297 /** 5298 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5299 * 5300 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5301 * @data: the BSS metadata 5302 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5303 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5304 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5305 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5306 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5307 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5308 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5309 * @gfp: context flags 5310 * 5311 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5312 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5313 * 5314 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5315 * Or %NULL on error. 5316 */ 5317 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5318 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5319 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5320 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5321 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5322 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5323 gfp_t gfp); 5324 5325 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5326 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5327 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5328 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5329 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5330 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5331 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5332 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5333 { 5334 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5335 .chan = rx_channel, 5336 .scan_width = scan_width, 5337 .signal = signal, 5338 }; 5339 5340 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5341 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5342 gfp); 5343 } 5344 5345 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5346 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5347 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5348 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5349 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5350 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5351 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5352 { 5353 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5354 .chan = rx_channel, 5355 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5356 .signal = signal, 5357 }; 5358 5359 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5360 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5361 gfp); 5362 } 5363 5364 /** 5365 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5366 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5367 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5368 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5369 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5370 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5371 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5372 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5373 */ 5374 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5375 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5376 const u8 *bssid, 5377 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5378 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5379 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5380 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5381 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5382 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5383 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5384 { 5385 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5386 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5387 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5388 } 5389 5390 /** 5391 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5392 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5393 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5394 * 5395 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5396 */ 5397 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5398 5399 /** 5400 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5401 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5402 * @bss: the BSS struct 5403 * 5404 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5405 */ 5406 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5407 5408 /** 5409 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5410 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5411 * @bss: the bss to remove 5412 * 5413 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5414 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5415 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5416 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5417 */ 5418 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5419 5420 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5421 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5422 { 5423 switch (chandef->width) { 5424 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5425 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5426 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5427 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5428 default: 5429 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5430 } 5431 } 5432 5433 /** 5434 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5435 * @dev: network device 5436 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5437 * @len: length of the frame data 5438 * 5439 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5440 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5441 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5442 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5443 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5444 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5445 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5446 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5447 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5448 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5449 * 5450 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5451 */ 5452 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5453 5454 /** 5455 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5456 * @dev: network device 5457 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5458 * 5459 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5460 * mutex. 5461 */ 5462 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5463 5464 /** 5465 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5466 * @dev: network device 5467 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5468 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5469 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5470 * @len: length of the frame data 5471 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5472 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5473 * 5474 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5475 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5476 * 5477 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5478 */ 5479 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5480 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5481 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5482 int uapsd_queues); 5483 5484 /** 5485 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5486 * @dev: network device 5487 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5488 * 5489 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5490 */ 5491 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5492 5493 /** 5494 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5495 * @dev: network device 5496 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5497 * 5498 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5499 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5500 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5501 */ 5502 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5503 5504 /** 5505 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5506 * @dev: network device 5507 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5508 * @len: length of the frame data 5509 * 5510 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5511 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5512 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5513 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5514 */ 5515 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5516 5517 /** 5518 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5519 * @dev: network device 5520 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5521 * @len: length of the frame data 5522 * 5523 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5524 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5525 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5526 */ 5527 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5528 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5529 5530 /** 5531 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5532 * @dev: network device 5533 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5534 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5535 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5536 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5537 * @gfp: allocation flags 5538 * 5539 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5540 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5541 * primitive. 5542 */ 5543 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5544 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5545 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5546 5547 /** 5548 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5549 * 5550 * @dev: network device 5551 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5552 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5553 * @gfp: allocation flags 5554 * 5555 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5556 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5557 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5558 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5559 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5560 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5561 */ 5562 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5563 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5564 5565 /** 5566 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5567 * 5568 * @dev: network device 5569 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5570 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5571 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer 5572 * @gfp: allocation flags 5573 * 5574 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5575 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5576 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5577 */ 5578 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5579 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5580 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5581 5582 /** 5583 * DOC: RFkill integration 5584 * 5585 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5586 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5587 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5588 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5589 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5590 * 5591 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5592 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5593 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5594 */ 5595 5596 /** 5597 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5598 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5599 * @blocked: block status 5600 */ 5601 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5602 5603 /** 5604 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5605 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5606 */ 5607 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5608 5609 /** 5610 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5611 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5612 */ 5613 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5614 5615 /** 5616 * DOC: Vendor commands 5617 * 5618 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5619 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5620 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5621 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5622 * the configuration mechanism. 5623 * 5624 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5625 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5626 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5627 * 5628 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5629 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5630 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5631 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5632 * managers etc. need. 5633 */ 5634 5635 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5636 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5637 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5638 int approxlen); 5639 5640 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5641 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5642 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5643 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5644 int vendor_event_idx, 5645 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 5646 5647 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 5648 5649 /** 5650 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 5651 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5652 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5653 * be put into the skb 5654 * 5655 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 5656 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 5657 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 5658 * 5659 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 5660 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 5661 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 5662 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 5663 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 5664 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 5665 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 5666 * 5667 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 5668 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 5669 * 5670 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5671 */ 5672 static inline struct sk_buff * 5673 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 5674 { 5675 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5676 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 5677 } 5678 5679 /** 5680 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 5681 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5682 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 5683 * 5684 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 5685 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 5686 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 5687 * skb regardless of the return value. 5688 * 5689 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 5690 */ 5691 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 5692 5693 /** 5694 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 5695 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5696 * @wdev: the wireless device 5697 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 5698 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5699 * be put into the skb 5700 * @gfp: allocation flags 5701 * 5702 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 5703 * vendor-specific multicast group. 5704 * 5705 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 5706 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 5707 * attribute. 5708 * 5709 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 5710 * skb to send the event. 5711 * 5712 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5713 */ 5714 static inline struct sk_buff * 5715 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5716 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 5717 { 5718 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5719 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 5720 event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 5721 } 5722 5723 /** 5724 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 5725 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 5726 * @gfp: allocation flags 5727 * 5728 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 5729 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 5730 */ 5731 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 5732 { 5733 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 5734 } 5735 5736 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 5737 /** 5738 * DOC: Test mode 5739 * 5740 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 5741 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 5742 * factory programming. 5743 * 5744 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 5745 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 5746 */ 5747 5748 /** 5749 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 5750 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5751 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5752 * be put into the skb 5753 * 5754 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 5755 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 5756 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 5757 * 5758 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 5759 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 5760 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 5761 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 5762 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 5763 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 5764 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 5765 * 5766 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 5767 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 5768 * 5769 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5770 */ 5771 static inline struct sk_buff * 5772 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 5773 { 5774 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 5775 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 5776 } 5777 5778 /** 5779 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 5780 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5781 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 5782 * 5783 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 5784 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 5785 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 5786 * regardless of the return value. 5787 * 5788 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 5789 */ 5790 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 5791 { 5792 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 5793 } 5794 5795 /** 5796 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 5797 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5798 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5799 * be put into the skb 5800 * @gfp: allocation flags 5801 * 5802 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 5803 * testmode multicast group. 5804 * 5805 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 5806 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 5807 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 5808 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 5809 * in any other way. 5810 * 5811 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 5812 * skb to send the event. 5813 * 5814 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5815 */ 5816 static inline struct sk_buff * 5817 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 5818 { 5819 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 5820 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1, 5821 approxlen, gfp); 5822 } 5823 5824 /** 5825 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 5826 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5827 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 5828 * @gfp: allocation flags 5829 * 5830 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 5831 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 5832 * consumes it. 5833 */ 5834 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 5835 { 5836 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 5837 } 5838 5839 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 5840 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 5841 #else 5842 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 5843 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 5844 #endif 5845 5846 /** 5847 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 5848 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 5849 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 5850 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 5851 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 5852 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 5853 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 5854 * status for a FILS connection. 5855 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 5856 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 5857 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 5858 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 5859 */ 5860 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 5861 const u8 *kek; 5862 size_t kek_len; 5863 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 5864 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 5865 const u8 *pmk; 5866 size_t pmk_len; 5867 const u8 *pmkid; 5868 }; 5869 5870 /** 5871 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 5872 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 5873 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 5874 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 5875 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 5876 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 5877 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 5878 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 5879 * case. 5880 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 5881 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 5882 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and 5883 * @bss needs to be specified. 5884 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 5885 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 5886 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 5887 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 5888 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 5889 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 5890 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 5891 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 5892 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 5893 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 5894 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 5895 */ 5896 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 5897 int status; 5898 const u8 *bssid; 5899 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 5900 const u8 *req_ie; 5901 size_t req_ie_len; 5902 const u8 *resp_ie; 5903 size_t resp_ie_len; 5904 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 5905 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 5906 }; 5907 5908 /** 5909 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 5910 * 5911 * @dev: network device 5912 * @params: connection response parameters 5913 * @gfp: allocation flags 5914 * 5915 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 5916 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 5917 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 5918 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 5919 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 5920 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 5921 */ 5922 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 5923 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 5924 gfp_t gfp); 5925 5926 /** 5927 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 5928 * 5929 * @dev: network device 5930 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 5931 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained 5932 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL) 5933 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 5934 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 5935 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 5936 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 5937 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 5938 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 5939 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 5940 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 5941 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 5942 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 5943 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 5944 * case. 5945 * @gfp: allocation flags 5946 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 5947 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 5948 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 5949 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 5950 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 5951 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 5952 * 5953 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 5954 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 5955 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 5956 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 5957 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 5958 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 5959 */ 5960 static inline void 5961 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5962 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 5963 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 5964 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 5965 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 5966 { 5967 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 5968 5969 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 5970 params.status = status; 5971 params.bssid = bssid; 5972 params.bss = bss; 5973 params.req_ie = req_ie; 5974 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 5975 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 5976 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 5977 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 5978 5979 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 5980 } 5981 5982 /** 5983 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 5984 * 5985 * @dev: network device 5986 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 5987 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 5988 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 5989 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 5990 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 5991 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 5992 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 5993 * the real status code for failures. 5994 * @gfp: allocation flags 5995 * 5996 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 5997 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 5998 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 5999 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6000 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6001 */ 6002 static inline void 6003 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6004 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6005 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6006 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6007 { 6008 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6009 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6010 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6011 } 6012 6013 /** 6014 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6015 * 6016 * @dev: network device 6017 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6018 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6019 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6020 * @gfp: allocation flags 6021 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6022 * 6023 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6024 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6025 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6026 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6027 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6028 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6029 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6030 */ 6031 static inline void 6032 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6033 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6034 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6035 { 6036 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6037 gfp, timeout_reason); 6038 } 6039 6040 /** 6041 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6042 * 6043 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6044 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6045 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6046 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6047 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6048 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6049 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6050 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6051 */ 6052 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6053 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6054 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6055 const u8 *bssid; 6056 const u8 *req_ie; 6057 size_t req_ie_len; 6058 const u8 *resp_ie; 6059 size_t resp_ie_len; 6060 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6061 }; 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6065 * 6066 * @dev: network device 6067 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6068 * @gfp: allocation flags 6069 * 6070 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6071 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6072 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6073 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6074 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6075 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6076 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6077 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6078 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6079 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6080 */ 6081 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6082 gfp_t gfp); 6083 6084 /** 6085 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6086 * 6087 * @dev: network device 6088 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6089 * @gfp: allocation flags 6090 * 6091 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6092 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6093 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6094 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6095 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6096 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6097 */ 6098 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6099 gfp_t gfp); 6100 6101 /** 6102 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6103 * 6104 * @dev: network device 6105 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6106 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6107 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6108 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6109 * @gfp: allocation flags 6110 * 6111 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6112 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6113 */ 6114 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6115 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6116 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6117 6118 /** 6119 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6120 * @wdev: wireless device 6121 * @cookie: the request cookie 6122 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6123 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6124 * channel 6125 * @gfp: allocation flags 6126 */ 6127 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6128 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6129 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6130 6131 /** 6132 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6133 * @wdev: wireless device 6134 * @cookie: the request cookie 6135 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6136 * @gfp: allocation flags 6137 */ 6138 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6139 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6140 gfp_t gfp); 6141 6142 /** 6143 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6144 * 6145 * @sinfo: the station information 6146 * @gfp: allocation flags 6147 */ 6148 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6149 6150 /** 6151 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6152 * @sinfo: the station information 6153 * 6154 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6155 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6156 * the stack.) 6157 */ 6158 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6159 { 6160 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6161 } 6162 6163 /** 6164 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6165 * 6166 * @dev: the netdev 6167 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6168 * @sinfo: the station information 6169 * @gfp: allocation flags 6170 */ 6171 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6172 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6173 6174 /** 6175 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6176 * @dev: the netdev 6177 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6178 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6179 * @gfp: allocation flags 6180 */ 6181 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6182 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6183 6184 /** 6185 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6186 * 6187 * @dev: the netdev 6188 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6189 * @gfp: allocation flags 6190 */ 6191 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6192 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6193 { 6194 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6195 } 6196 6197 /** 6198 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6199 * 6200 * @dev: the netdev 6201 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6202 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6203 * @gfp: allocation flags 6204 * 6205 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6206 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6207 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6208 * 6209 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6210 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6211 */ 6212 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6213 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6214 gfp_t gfp); 6215 6216 /** 6217 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6218 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6219 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6220 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6221 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6222 * @len: length of the frame data 6223 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6224 * 6225 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6226 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6227 * 6228 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6229 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6230 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6231 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6232 */ 6233 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6234 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6235 6236 /** 6237 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6238 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6239 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6240 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6241 * @len: length of the frame data 6242 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6243 * @gfp: context flags 6244 * 6245 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6246 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6247 * transmission attempt. 6248 */ 6249 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6250 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6251 6252 6253 /** 6254 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6255 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6256 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6257 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6258 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6259 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6260 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6261 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6262 * 6263 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6264 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6265 * control port frames over nl80211. 6266 * 6267 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6268 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6269 * 6270 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6271 */ 6272 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6273 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6274 6275 /** 6276 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6277 * @dev: network device 6278 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6279 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6280 * @gfp: context flags 6281 * 6282 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6283 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6284 */ 6285 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6286 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6287 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6288 6289 /** 6290 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6291 * @dev: network device 6292 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6293 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6294 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6295 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6296 * @gfp: context flags 6297 */ 6298 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6299 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6300 6301 /** 6302 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6303 * @dev: network device 6304 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6305 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6306 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6307 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6308 * @gfp: context flags 6309 * 6310 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6311 * given interval is exceeded. 6312 */ 6313 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6314 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6315 6316 /** 6317 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6318 * @dev: network device 6319 * @gfp: context flags 6320 * 6321 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6322 */ 6323 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6324 6325 /** 6326 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6327 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6328 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6329 * @gfp: context flags 6330 * 6331 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6332 */ 6333 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6334 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6335 6336 /** 6337 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6338 * @dev: network device 6339 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6340 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6341 * @gfp: context flags 6342 * 6343 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6344 * frame. 6345 */ 6346 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6347 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6348 gfp_t gfp); 6349 6350 /** 6351 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6352 * @netdev: network device 6353 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6354 * @event: type of event 6355 * @gfp: context flags 6356 * 6357 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6358 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6359 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6360 */ 6361 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6362 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6363 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6364 6365 6366 /** 6367 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6368 * @dev: network device 6369 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6370 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6371 * @gfp: allocation flags 6372 */ 6373 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6374 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6375 6376 /** 6377 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6378 * @dev: network device 6379 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6380 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6381 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6382 * @gfp: allocation flags 6383 */ 6384 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6385 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6386 6387 /** 6388 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6389 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6390 * @addr: the transmitter address 6391 * @gfp: context flags 6392 * 6393 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6394 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6395 * sender. 6396 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6397 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6398 */ 6399 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6400 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6401 6402 /** 6403 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6404 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6405 * @addr: the transmitter address 6406 * @gfp: context flags 6407 * 6408 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6409 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6410 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6411 * station to avoid event flooding. 6412 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6413 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6414 */ 6415 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6416 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6417 6418 /** 6419 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6420 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6421 * @addr: the address of the peer 6422 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6423 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6424 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6425 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6426 * @gfp: allocation flags 6427 */ 6428 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6429 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6430 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6431 6432 /** 6433 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6434 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6435 * @frame: the frame 6436 * @len: length of the frame 6437 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6438 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6439 * 6440 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6441 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6442 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6443 */ 6444 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6445 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6446 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6447 6448 /** 6449 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6450 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6451 * @chandef: the channel definition 6452 * @iftype: interface type 6453 * 6454 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6455 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6456 */ 6457 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6458 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6459 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6460 6461 /** 6462 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6463 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6464 * @chandef: the channel definition 6465 * @iftype: interface type 6466 * 6467 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6468 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6469 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6470 * more permissive conditions. 6471 * 6472 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6473 */ 6474 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6475 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6476 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6477 6478 /* 6479 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6480 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6481 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6482 * 6483 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6484 * driver context! 6485 */ 6486 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6487 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6488 6489 /* 6490 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6491 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6492 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6493 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6494 * 6495 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6496 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6497 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6498 */ 6499 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6500 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6501 u8 count); 6502 6503 /** 6504 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6505 * 6506 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6507 * @band: band pointer to fill 6508 * 6509 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6510 */ 6511 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6512 enum nl80211_band *band); 6513 6514 /** 6515 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6516 * 6517 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6518 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6519 * 6520 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6521 */ 6522 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6523 u8 *op_class); 6524 6525 /* 6526 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6527 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6528 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6529 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6530 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6531 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6532 * @gfp: allocation flags 6533 * 6534 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6535 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6536 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6537 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6538 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6539 */ 6540 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6541 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6542 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6543 6544 /* 6545 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6546 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6547 * 6548 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6549 */ 6550 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6551 6552 /** 6553 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6554 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6555 * 6556 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6557 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6558 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6559 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6560 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6561 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6562 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6563 * 6564 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6565 */ 6566 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6567 6568 /** 6569 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6570 * @ies: FT IEs 6571 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6572 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6573 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6574 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6575 */ 6576 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6577 const u8 *ies; 6578 size_t ies_len; 6579 const u8 *target_ap; 6580 const u8 *ric_ies; 6581 size_t ric_ies_len; 6582 }; 6583 6584 /** 6585 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 6586 * @netdev: network device 6587 * @ft_event: IE information 6588 */ 6589 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6590 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 6591 6592 /** 6593 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 6594 * @ies: the input IE buffer 6595 * @len: the input length 6596 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 6597 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 6598 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 6599 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 6600 * 6601 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 6602 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 6603 * 6604 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 6605 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 6606 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 6607 */ 6608 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6609 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 6610 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 6611 6612 /** 6613 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 6614 * @ies: the IE buffer 6615 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6616 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6617 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6618 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6619 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6620 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 6621 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 6622 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6623 * 6624 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6625 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6626 * split. 6627 * 6628 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6629 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6630 * 6631 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6632 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6633 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6634 * 6635 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6636 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6637 * of the buffer should be used. 6638 */ 6639 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6640 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 6641 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 6642 size_t offset); 6643 6644 /** 6645 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 6646 * @ies: the IE buffer 6647 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6648 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6649 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6650 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6651 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6652 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6653 * 6654 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6655 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6656 * split. 6657 * 6658 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6659 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6660 * 6661 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6662 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6663 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6664 * 6665 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6666 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6667 * of the buffer should be used. 6668 */ 6669 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6670 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 6671 { 6672 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 6673 } 6674 6675 /** 6676 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 6677 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 6678 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 6679 * @gfp: allocation flags 6680 * 6681 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 6682 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 6683 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 6684 * else caused the wakeup. 6685 */ 6686 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6687 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 6688 gfp_t gfp); 6689 6690 /** 6691 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 6692 * 6693 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 6694 * @gfp: allocation flags 6695 * 6696 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 6697 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 6698 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 6699 */ 6700 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 6701 6702 /** 6703 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 6704 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6705 * 6706 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 6707 */ 6708 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6709 6710 /** 6711 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 6712 * 6713 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6714 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 6715 * 6716 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 6717 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 6718 * the interface combinations. 6719 */ 6720 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6721 struct iface_combination_params *params); 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 6725 * 6726 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6727 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 6728 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 6729 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 6730 * 6731 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 6732 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 6733 * purposes. 6734 */ 6735 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6736 struct iface_combination_params *params, 6737 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 6738 void *data), 6739 void *data); 6740 6741 /* 6742 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 6743 * 6744 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6745 * @wdev: wireless device 6746 * @gfp: context flags 6747 * 6748 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 6749 * disconnected. 6750 * 6751 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 6752 */ 6753 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6754 gfp_t gfp); 6755 6756 /** 6757 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 6758 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 6759 * 6760 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 6761 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 6762 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 6763 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 6764 * 6765 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 6766 * the driver while the function is running. 6767 */ 6768 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6769 6770 /** 6771 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 6772 * 6773 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 6774 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 6775 * 6776 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 6777 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 6778 */ 6779 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6780 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 6781 { 6782 u8 *ft_byte; 6783 6784 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 6785 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 6786 } 6787 6788 /** 6789 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 6790 * 6791 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 6792 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 6793 * 6794 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 6795 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 6796 */ 6797 static inline bool 6798 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6799 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 6800 { 6801 u8 ft_byte; 6802 6803 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 6804 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 6805 } 6806 6807 /** 6808 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 6809 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 6810 * 6811 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 6812 */ 6813 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 6814 6815 /** 6816 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 6817 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 6818 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 6819 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 6820 * result. 6821 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 6822 * @inst_id: the local instance id 6823 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 6824 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 6825 * @info_len: the length of the &info 6826 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 6827 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 6828 */ 6829 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 6830 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 6831 u8 inst_id; 6832 u8 peer_inst_id; 6833 const u8 *addr; 6834 u8 info_len; 6835 const u8 *info; 6836 u64 cookie; 6837 }; 6838 6839 /** 6840 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 6841 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 6842 * @match: match notification parameters 6843 * @gfp: allocation flags 6844 * 6845 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 6846 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 6847 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 6848 */ 6849 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6850 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 6851 6852 /** 6853 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 6854 * 6855 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 6856 * @inst_id: the local instance id 6857 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 6858 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 6859 * @gfp: allocation flags 6860 * 6861 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 6862 */ 6863 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6864 u8 inst_id, 6865 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 6866 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 6867 6868 /* ethtool helper */ 6869 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 6870 6871 /** 6872 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 6873 * @netdev: network device 6874 * @params: External authentication parameters 6875 * @gfp: allocation flags 6876 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 6877 */ 6878 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 6879 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 6880 gfp_t gfp); 6881 6882 /** 6883 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 6884 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 6885 * @req: the original measurement request 6886 * @result: the result data 6887 * @gfp: allocation flags 6888 */ 6889 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6890 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 6891 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 6892 gfp_t gfp); 6893 6894 /** 6895 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 6896 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 6897 * @req: the original measurement request 6898 * @gfp: allocation flags 6899 * 6900 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 6901 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 6902 */ 6903 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6904 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 6905 gfp_t gfp); 6906 6907 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 6908 6909 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 6910 6911 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 6912 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6913 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6914 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6915 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6916 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6917 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6918 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6919 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6920 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6921 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6922 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6923 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6924 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6925 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6926 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6927 6928 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6929 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 6930 6931 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6932 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 6933 6934 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 6935 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 6936 #else 6937 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6938 ({ \ 6939 if (0) \ 6940 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 6941 0; \ 6942 }) 6943 #endif 6944 6945 /* 6946 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 6947 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 6948 * file/line information and a backtrace. 6949 */ 6950 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 6951 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 6952 6953 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 6954